{"title":"Offers","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"69\" data-end=\"244\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"69\" data-end=\"242\"\u003eOffers on power tools, woodworking machinery, metalworking machinery, and gardening tools. Exclusive discounts for professionals and hobbyists on selected products and much more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"246\" data-end=\"404\"\u003eWide selection of promotional items: circular saws, drills, routers, lathes, planers, garden tools, and much more at advantageous prices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"406\" data-end=\"601\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"406\" data-end=\"463\"\u003eFast shipping and specialized technical assistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e Take advantage of our limited offers and refresh your workshop or garage with discounted professional machines and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-310-ps","title":"Bernardo FS 310 PS Planer and Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 PS jointer-planer offers a planing width of 310 mm, a jointer table of 1,400 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 75 mm with 30 TCT inserts at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an included digital display. Weight 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 30 TCT inserts – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 PS and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 PS is the 310 mm combined planer from the FS family with a spiral cutterblock: positioned between the AD 310 S (295 kg, heavier structure) and lower-end spiral planers. At 205 kg, it is more manageable than the AD 310 S while offering the most generous thicknessing height in the 310 mm range: 240 mm compared to the AD 310 S's 225 mm. The 4,500 rpm cutterblock with 30 TCT inserts produces a high-frequency cut with superior finish quality. The standard digital display for the thicknessing table allows for setting and replicating thicknesses with millimeter precision. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by furniture makers and joiners who regularly work with tall pieces (up to 240 mm) and want TCT to reduce maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 PS vs AD 310 S: two 310 mm approaches with TCT\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two machines offer the same width (310 mm) and TCT cutterblock, but with different features. The AD 310 S weighs 295 kg (more stable for heavy pieces), has 52 inserts on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock and a thicknessing height up to 225 mm. The FS 310 PS weighs 205 kg (more manageable), has 30 inserts on the Ø 75 mm cutterblock at 4,500 rpm (higher cutting frequency) and a thicknessing height up to 240 mm, the most generous parameter of the two. The choice depends on: very heavy pieces to work (AD 310 S with its mass is superior) or tall pieces up to 240 mm with operational lightness (FS 310 PS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo FS 310 PS – 400V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine (205 kg, three-phase, digital display). Cost and features oriented towards continuous professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm, 240 mm thicknessing height (maximum in its category), TCT cutterblock, digital display: the most complete combination at this width in a manageable format (205 kg).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor production of tall pieces up to 240 mm with the need to reproduce precise thicknesses (digital display) and minimal cutting edge maintenance (TCT).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system (also available in 230V version, check availability); pieces over 310 mm wide; those who do not require a thicknessing height over 225 mm (AD 310 S is sufficient and more stable).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e825 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 reversible pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase (also available 230V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 30 TCT inserts installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for thicknesser table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy does the FS 310 PS have 30 inserts and the AD 310 S have 52?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutterblock of the FS 310 PS is Ø 75 mm (smaller than the Ø 95 mm of the AD 310 S): fewer inserts can be physically mounted in a helical arrangement on a smaller diameter cutterblock. The FS 310 PS compensates with a higher cutterblock speed (4,500 vs 4,300 rpm): the number of cuts per advanced cm remains comparable between the two models. There is no universally superior model: the AD 310 S is superior for heavy pieces requiring structural mass; the FS 310 PS is superior for thicknessing height (240 mm) and manageability (205 vs 295 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the digital display included as standard or optional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital display for thicknesser table adjustment is included as standard in the FS 310 PS, it is not an optional extra. It allows reading and setting the passage height with 0.1 mm precision and replicating previous settings without having to measure the workpiece. For joineries that produce series with repeated thicknesses (e.g., frames, calibrated battens), this feature significantly reduces setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thicknessing width of the FS 310 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe useful thicknessing width is 305 mm (slightly less than the 310 mm of the jointer). The maximum thicknessing height is 240 mm, the highest among 310 mm planers in the Bernardo catalog. For pieces with heights between 225 and 240 mm, the FS 310 PS is the only option in the 310 mm range; the AD 310 S stops at 225 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it also available in a single-phase 230V version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 PS is available in both 400V three-phase and 230V single-phase versions. Contact Krollit to check the availability of the 230V version and the specifications of the single-phase version (motor power may differ slightly).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it is significantly more manageable than the AD 310 S (295 kg): it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a flat floor. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51362463318344,"sku":"08-1043","price":2200.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51362463351112,"sku":"08-1044","price":2200.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_PS_400V_con_albero_a_spirale.jpg?v=1777724814"},{"product_id":"sega-da-banco-tk-200-rn-230v","title":"Bernardo Bench Saw TK 200 RN - 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TK 200 RN Table Saw – 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TK 200 RN table saw is a woodworking saw for hobbyist-professional use, with a 200 mm HM blade, 4,750 rpm rotation speed, and a cutting capacity of up to 55 mm at 90°. Equipped with a sliding table with a 720 mm stroke and a cutting width of up to 730 mm, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eBlade diameter: 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBlade speed: 4,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMax cutting height 90°: 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMax cutting height 45°: 42 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eParallel cutting width: 730 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMotor: 1.1 kW (S1) – 1.5 kW (S6)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDust extraction port: 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSliding table stroke: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight: 72 kg\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TK 200 RN and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe TK 200 RN is used by carpenters, installers, and artisan workshops for cutting solid wood, panels, and derivative materials. It is suitable for general carpentry work, furniture making, longitudinal and transverse cuts on medium-sized pieces. The sliding table allows for working on longer pieces with greater control.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eShipping 5-9 working days (7 days for southern regions). For machines over 200 kg, ground floor delivery with hydraulic tailgate included. Technical assistance in Italian available for the entire life of the product. Original Bernardo spare parts available from Krollit warehouse, Monteforte Irpino (AV).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eWho is the TK 200 RN for\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable\u003e \u003cthead\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/thead\u003e \u003ctbody\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm cutting height and extended table for advanced home projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisans and carpenters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm cutting width and sliding table for working on panels and boards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW motor designed for intermittent use, not for intensive cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/tbody\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e large-scale industrial production or continuous processing of high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParallel cutting width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e \u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e \u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e \u003ch3\u003eStructure and components\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 × 1000 × 1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e \u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eHM blade Ø 200 × 2.2 × 30 mm – Z32\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBlade guard with dust extraction\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDouble-sided miter fence\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTable extension\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAluminum rip fence with stop\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSliding table\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBase frame\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eControl unit\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the cutting capacity of the TK 200 RN?\u003c\/summary\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe machine allows a cutting height of up to 55 mm at 90° and 42 mm at 45°.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis capacity makes it suitable for working on medium-thickness boards, panels, and solid wood. For deeper cuts, models with a larger blade diameter should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eIs the cutting width sufficient for large panels?\u003c\/summary\u003e \u003cp\u003eYes, the cutting width reaches up to 730 mm with the rip fence.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis value allows for working on large panels. The sliding table with a 720 mm stroke helps maintain stability when cutting long pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eCan a dust extractor be connected?\u003c\/summary\u003e \u003cp\u003eYes, the machine has a 100 mm dust extraction port.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting a dust extraction system reduces the dispersion of chips and dust, improving visibility during cutting and keeping the work area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eIs it suitable for continuous professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for artisan use, but not for continuous industrial cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe 1.1 kW (S1) motor is designed for intermittent use. For intensive production, saws with more powerful motors and industrial construction should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/details\u003e \u003cdetails\u003e \u003csummary\u003eWhat maintenance does the table saw require?\u003c\/summary\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt requires regular cleaning and blade inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt is advisable to remove chips from the table and check the alignment of the blade and guides. Periodic maintenance maintains precision and safety during use.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695660273992,"sku":"09-1041","price":642.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Sega_da_banco_TK_200_RN_230V.jpg?v=1777725078"},{"product_id":"sega-da-banco-tk-200-rsn-230v","title":"Bernardo TK 200 RSN Table Saw – Compact, precise, and stable with enclosed base","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo TK 200 RSN Table Saw\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TK 200 RSN table saw is a woodworking saw for hobbyist to professional use, with a 200 mm blade, a 1.1 kW motor, and a rotational speed of 4,750 rpm. Equipped with a closed base, cast iron table, and a roller carriage with a 720 mm stroke, it allows cuts up to 55 mm at 90°. Manufactured by the Austrian brand Bernardo, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade diameter: 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade speed: 4,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax cutting height at 90°: 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax cutting height at 45°: 42 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParallel cutting width: 730 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor: 1.1 kW (S1) – 1.5 kW (S6)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust extraction port: 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarriage stroke: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 84 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TK 200 RSN and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TK 200 RSN is used by carpenters, installers, and artisans for working with solid wood, panels, and derived materials. It is suitable for longitudinal, transverse, and miter cuts in the workshop or studio, with a compact structure that allows installation even in small spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 5-9 business days (7 days for southern regions). For machines over 200 kg, ground floor delivery with hydraulic tailgate included. Technical assistance in Italian available for the entire life of the product. Original Bernardo spare parts available from Krollit warehouse, Monteforte Irpino (AV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the TK 200 RSN is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting up to 55 mm and compact structure for domestic work.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisans and carpenters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 mm carriage and 730 mm width for panel processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW motor designed for intermittent use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous industrial processing or intensive cutting of high-density materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParallel cutting width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarriage stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStructure and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 × 1010 × 1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo TK 200 RSN Table Saw 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade Ø 200 × 2.2 × 30 mm – 32 teeth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade guard with dust extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble miter gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum parallel fence with stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated roller carriage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed steel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the cutting capacity of the TK 200 RSN?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine allows a cutting height of up to 55 mm at 90° and 42 mm at 45°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese values allow for working with solid wood and medium-thickness panels. For miter cuts, the capacity is reduced, but still maintains precision in angular work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the closed base improve performance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the closed base increases the rigidity of the structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt reduces vibrations during cutting, improving the quality of the result and operational comfort. This is especially useful for precision work on panels and long boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it possible to connect a dust extractor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the machine has a 100 mm dust extraction port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnecting a dust extractor reduces the presence of chips and dust. This improves visibility of the cutting line and keeps the work area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it suitable for continuous professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for artisan use, not for continuous production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.1 kW motor is designed for intermittent use. For intensive cycles, models with more powerful motors and industrial structure should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat maintenance does the table saw require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt requires regular cleaning and blade inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is advisable to remove debris from the table and check the alignment of the blade and guides. This maintains precision and safety over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695663845704,"sku":"09-1043","price":677.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_da_banco_Bernardo_TK_200_RSN_con_basamento_chiuso.jpg?v=1777726369"},{"product_id":"troncatrice-radiale-zkg-305-s-230-v","title":"ZKG 305 S radial miter saw - 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRadial miter saw ZKG 305 S \/ 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eZKG 305 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is the ideal miter saw for cross, miter, and bevel cuts on wood, plastic, and non-ferrous metals. Thanks to its impressive cutting capacity of 305 mm, dual column guide, and integrated laser device, it offers a perfect combination of precision and versatility, all in a compact and easily transportable body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for cutting wood, plastic, and non-ferrous metals\u003cbr\u003eDual column guide for smooth and precise movements\u003cbr\u003ePowerful 1.8 kW motor for clean, continuous cuts\u003cbr\u003eCarbide-tipped blade with 60 teeth for burr-free results\u003cbr\u003eTable extension on both sides to support long workpieces\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated depth stop for grooving cuts\u003cbr\u003eBlade automatically covered when head is raised\u003cbr\u003ePreset miter angles: 0°, 15°, 22.5°, 30°, 45°\u003cbr\u003eEasy-to-read scales for cutting angles and depth\u003cbr\u003eLow weight (20 kg) for easy transport\u003cbr\u003eLinear laser device for high precision\u003cbr\u003eQuick blade change via integrated lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade diameter x bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 x 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting capacity 90° \/ 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 x 105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiter cut 45° (right\/left)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 x 105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBevel cut 45° left**\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 x 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompound miter 45° left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 x 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 x 1080 x 670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarbide-tipped saw blade 305 x 2.8 x 30 mm \/ 60 teeth\u003cbr\u003eSide table extensions\u003cbr\u003eLinear laser device\u003cbr\u003eDust bag\u003cbr\u003eVertical clamp (downholder)\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this machine include a standard blade?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check the standard accessories with Krollit. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of blade should be used for wood vs. metal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor wood: fine-tooth blades (10–20 TPI) for clean cuts. For metal: bi-metal blades with high tooth density (18–32 TPI) to reduce vibrations. For plastic: blades with specific geometry. Contact Krollit for correct blade selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts are available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dust extractor needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, highly recommended for professional use. Please check the dust extraction outlet diameter with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695707132232,"sku":"09-10020","price":272.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Troncatrice_ZKG_305_S_con_guida_radiale_e_laser_per_tagli_di_precisione.jpg?v=1752138881"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-400-super","title":"Bernardo Hobby 400 Super Metal Lathe – 400 mm distance between centers, digital speed display + carriage, automatic feeds, 0.5 kW motor, 230V single-phase, 50 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 400 Super bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists and small artisan workshops requiring precision and a digital display. It features a distance between centers of 400 mm, a center height of 90 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of Ø 180 mm, a spindle bore of Ø 20 mm (MT 3 taper), and a speed range of 100 - 2,500 rpm (continuously variable). Longitudinal feeds are 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads include (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm. It comes with a Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, a 0.5 kW (S1 100%) - 0.7 kW (S6 40%) single-phase 230V motor, weighs 50 kg, and has machine dimensions of 850 × 280 × 300 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 - 2,500 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed + cross and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 kW (S1) \/ 0.7 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 400 Super and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 400 Super is an intermediate bench lathe in the Hobby range with a distinctive feature: a digital display included for spindle speed and for the position of the cross slide and top slide. The Hobby 400 Super model is the top of the entry-level\/intermediate range: 400 mm distance between centers (the widest among compact models), 50 kg weight. Continuously variable speed 100-2,500 rpm (single range, simpler than the mechanical gear change of the 350 VD). Spindle bore Ø 20 mm MT3 taper with Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck (larger than the 350 models with Ø 80 mm). Quick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 inserts. More powerful motor than the 350 (0.50 kW S1 \/ 0.70 kW S6 vs 0.35\/0.50 for the 350s) for more demanding work. Longitudinal feeds 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev and 10-step metric threads (0.4 - 2.0 mm). Suitable for advanced hobbyists, small artisan workshops, technical schools with educational workshops, restorers of mechanical components. For intensive daily professional use, consider the Hobby 500 range (130 kg, 4-step automatic feeds, full metric + inch threads).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (140 mm distance between centers, 14 kg weight) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, full threading, and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby 400 Super is intermediate in the range: digital display for precise control, quick-change tool post for productivity. For smaller parts (entry-level), the Hobby 140\/250 models are significantly cheaper. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 50 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench. Inserts for tool post, additional self-centering chucks, spare steel gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 400 Super is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ small artisan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for speed + carriage, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts. Quick tool change during machining. 400 mm distance between centers and Ø 100 mm chuck for medium-large pieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional educational laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for modern teaching: students learn digital reading of carriage movements. Robustness suitable for intensive use by multiple operators.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop producing unique pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for single pieces or small series. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 (130 kg) or Profi (over 200 kg) models are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e full metric + imperial threading (the Hobby 500 with 11 metric + 11 imperial is the correct choice); intensive continuous professional use (the Hobby 500 with 130 kg of robustness is correctly sized); very large pieces (over Ø 180 mm on the bed; the Hobby 500 with Ø 220 mm is the correct choice).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 - 2,500 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross and top slide indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 280 × 300 mm (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 400 Super lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 100 mm self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare steel gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for cross and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs 230V single-phase power truly professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Hobby range, yes. The 0.5 kW (S1) - 0.7 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for advanced hobbyist use and small artisan workshops, not for intensive industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (minimum 2.5 mm² cable), dedicated 16A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket (preferable to a standard 'Schuko' socket for professional use). For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter. For intensive daily industrial use, a lathe with a 400V three-phase motor is recommended (400V version of the Hobby 500 or Profi range).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of pieces can I work with the Hobby 400 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical pieces: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 180 mm and 400 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, threading (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm metric. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, engineering plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachining limits: maximum Ø over bed 180 mm, Ø over cross slide 110 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger pieces, the higher-end models or industrial lathes (Profi range 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg) are correctly sized. For hobbyist\/small laboratory use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts, fixed tailstock, spindle guard, splash guard, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific pieces, steady rests for long pieces, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical pieces, additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), live center (if the machine has a fixed tailstock). For most standard hobbyist work, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular pieces, consider dedicated accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the continuously variable speed of 100-2,500 rpm suitable for all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for hobbyist\/small laboratory use. The 100-2,500 rpm range covers all typical needs: low speed (100-300 rpm) for hard materials and large pieces, standard speed (500-1,500 rpm) for turning mild steels, high speed (1,800-2,500 rpm) for finishing on soft materials and small pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptimal speed depends on: material (mild steels 80-150 m\/min, hard steels 50-80 m\/min, aluminum 200-400 m\/min), workpiece diameter (linear cutting speed must be constant), type of machining (lower speeds for roughing, higher speeds for finishing). For regular productions, it is recommended to record optimal speeds on a job card for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Hobby 400 Super on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on sturdy workbenches with a load capacity greater than the machine's weight (50 kg) plus the workpieces. The workbench must be stable and level: workbench instability causes vibrations during turning, which compromises work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor home workshops or schools, a robust woodworking bench is recommended (e.g., WB 1500 Hobby or WB 2000 Hobby from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top. For advanced hobbyist use, consider a dedicated lathe base (made of steel sheet) for greater stability. Important: the machine must be secured to the workbench with through bolts in the designated base holes to prevent sliding during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696370159944,"sku":"03-1028B","price":1220.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_Patrona_Hobby_400_Super_compatto_da_banco.jpg?v=1757321491"},{"product_id":"tornio-legno-db-450","title":"Bernardo Wood Lathe DB 450 – distance between centers 420 mm (up to 1070 mm with extension), Ø 300 mm over bed, M33 × 3.5 spindle, 0.55 kW 230V single-phase motor, LED display, weight 36 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DB 450 woodturning lathe is sized for semi-professional hobbyists with continuous work requirements: complete equipment with integrated lighting and 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping. Distance between centers 420 mm (extendable up to 1070 mm with optional extension), turning diameter over bed Ø 300 mm, over tool rest Ø 230 mm. Spindle speed 480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges). Spindle thread M33 × 3.5 mm, tailstock taper MT 2, tailstock quill travel 50 mm. Motor 0.55 kW (S1) - 0.75 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 36 kg, machine dimensions 970 × 300 × 440 mm. LED display for digital speed readout. 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping during complex operations. Integrated work light. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 420 mm (up to 1070 mm with extension)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailstock quill travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.75 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital speed readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndexing positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DB 450 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DB 450 is a semi-professional woodturning lathe from the DB category with distinctive features: integrated tool storage compartment and work light included as standard equipment, in addition to 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping during complex operations (decorations, repeated profiling). Distance between centers 420 mm (extendable up to 1,070 mm with optional extension), turning diameter Ø 300 mm over bed and Ø 230 mm over tool rest. Continuously adjustable speed 480-3,800 rpm across 2 selectable ranges (480-1,800 \/ 900-3,800 rpm). Tailstock taper MT 2, motor 0.55 kW (S1) - 0.75 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase. LED display for real-time speed readout. Through-hole in tailstock for long workpiece processing, adjustable steel tool rest with quick-release lever. In Krollit customers' workshops, the DB 450 is chosen by semi-professional artisans who regularly produce decorative turned items: goblets, bowls with regular decorations, shaped handles, furniture feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 progressive categories by weight and features: DM (Drechselbank Mini, 20-38 kg) entry-level for hobbyists; DB (semi-pro 36 kg) compact with standard professional accessories; VDM (semi-pro 50 kg) intermediate with 3 speed ranges; HCL (High Cast iron Lathe, 125-212 kg) heavy professional with cast iron structure and integrated Delta frequency inverter.\n\nThe DB 450 is a compact semi-professional lathe: 36 kg with complete equipment (work light, 24 indexing positions, tool storage compartment). For producing larger pieces, the VDM 500 (50 kg, 3 speed ranges) or the professional HCL range (125+ kg) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 36 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench (capacity 80+ kg). Additional tool rests, faceplates, live centers, bed extensions (for compatible models), original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DB 450 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional hobbyist \/ amateur craftsman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete equipment with work light, 24 indexing positions, integrated tool storage compartment. Suitable for continuous use in a dedicated workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture restorer \/ craftsman specializing in small turned items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 24 indexing positions allow precise workpiece clamping to replicate repeated profiling (chair legs, candlesticks with recurring patterns). LED display for speed control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school with professional workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine suitable for advanced woodturning instruction. Adequate robustness for intensive use by multiple students.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use (the professional HCL range 125+ kg is correctly sized); large pieces over Ø 300 mm or over 1070 mm in length; three-phase 400V power supply (Bernardo wood lathes are only 230V single-phase); CNC programmed turning (Bernardo lathes are manual); environments without adequate chip extraction (woodworking produces abundant chips and dust requiring adequate extraction).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance with extension (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over tool rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow range (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480-1,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh range (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900-3,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and tailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital speed readout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndexing positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool storage compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 × 300 × 440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DB 450 wood lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mm tool rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm faceplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tool storage compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DB 450 and the lower\/higher models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo wood lathe range is organized into 4 categories: DM (entry-level mini, 20-38 kg), DB (semi-pro 36 kg with light and 24 indexing positions), VDM (intermediate 50 kg, 3 speed ranges), HCL (professional 125-212 kg with inverter or DC motor and heavy cast iron structure). The DB 450 is positioned in the DB HOBBY category: a compact semi-professional lathe with complete equipment (light, 24 indexing positions, tool compartment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistinctive features of the DB 450: Integrated tool storage compartment and work light included as standard equipment. 24 indexing positions for precise workpiece clamping. To choose the right model, consider: weight of the workpiece, frequency of use, precision requirements, availability of dedicated accessories (light, indexing). For most artisan workshops, a mid-range model (VDM 500 or HCL 600 P) balances capacity and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich spindle speed should I choose for each type of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral guidelines for spindle speed based on wood type and workpiece diameter: softwoods (pine, spruce) and small pieces require high speeds (1,500-3,000 rpm), hardwoods (beech, oak, cherry) and medium pieces require medium speeds (700-1,500 rpm), very large pieces (Ø over 200 mm) or exotic woods require low speeds (300-700 rpm) for rotational control. The DB 450 covers this range with its 480-3,800 rpm (continuous adjustment, 2 ranges).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: safety in woodturning requires lower speeds for large or unbalanced pieces. An unbalanced raw piece at high speed causes vibrations and a risk of the piece being thrown. Standard procedure: start at low speed to balance the piece (roughing), then gradually increase the speed as the piece becomes more cylindrical. For exotic woods or pieces of uncertain origin (branches, stumps), always start with minimum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete, or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard equipment includes: complete machine, tool rests (one or more standard sizes), faceplate, drive center, live center, LED display, integrated work light, integrated tool storage compartment, turning tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: bed extensions for longer pieces (compatible with models that allow it), tool rests of different lengths, faceplates of larger diameters, self-centering wood chucks (compatible with M33 thread), additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, gouges, specific profiles), external turning accessories (for pieces that do not fit between centers). For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does M33 × 3.5 mm spindle thread mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM33 × 3.5 mm is the standard spindle thread for the Bernardo wood lathe range. Dimensions: 33 mm diameter with 3.5 mm pitch. It is the European market standard for hobby and semi-professional lathes, compatible with most woodturning accessories available on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical advantage: the M33 thread allows you to purchase self-centering chucks, faceplates, external turning accessories, and other accessories from different suppliers (Bernardo, Holzmann, Record Power, Axminster) without compatibility issues. For lathes from other brands with non-standard threads (e.g., 1\" × 8 TPI American, M30 × 3.5 of some industrial lathes), accessories are limited to those from the original manufacturer. All Bernardo wood lathes in the DM\/DB\/VDM\/HCL range have the same M33 × 3.5 mm thread: accessories are interchangeable between different models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a dedicated extraction system for the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended yes, especially for continuous use. Woodturning produces chips and dust of variable diameter (from large chips to fine wood dust). Large chips fall into the area under the machine, fine dust disperses into the workshop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional use (a few hours a week), manual cleaning may be sufficient. For continuous use, a filter bag extractor (e.g., Bernardo DC range) connected to the integrated extraction port on many lathes (or positioned near the turning area for ambient capture) is correctly sized. Important: fine dust from hardwood (beech, oak, mahogany) is carcinogenic upon prolonged inhalation; effective extraction is recommended for operator health. For exotic woods (rosewood, ebony), even greater care is needed: also use FFP3 masks in addition to extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696497594696,"sku":"10-1077","price":481.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_DB_450_compatto_e_professionale.jpg?v=1753190048"},{"product_id":"troncatrice-a-doppia-inclinazione-zkg-305-d-230v","title":"Bernardo ZKG 305 D Double Bevel Mitre Saw - 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo ZKG 305 D Dual Bevel Mitre Saw – 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ZKG 305 D mitre saw is a dual-bevel mitre saw for hobbyist to professional use, featuring a 305 mm HM blade, a 1.6 kW motor, and a rotational speed of 4,800 rpm. It allows for straight, bevel, and compound cuts with capacities up to 340 × 95 mm. Manufactured by the Austrian brand Bernardo, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlade diameter: 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotational speed: 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotor power: 1.6 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCutting capacity 90°: 340 × 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBevel cut 45°: 240 × 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMiter cut 45°: 340 × 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompound cut 45°: 240 × 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight: 28 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDimensions: 860 × 900 × 680 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ZKG 305 D and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZKG 305 D is used by carpenters, installers, and craftsmen who work with wood, panels, and profiles. It is suitable for precision cuts on skirting boards, joists, and light structures. In advanced home use, it is employed for carpentry and renovation work, thanks to its ability to perform compound cuts and the integrated laser guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 5-9 working days (7 days for southern regions). Technical assistance in Italian available for the entire product lifespan. Original Bernardo spare parts available from Krollit warehouse, Monteforte Irpino (AV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ZKG 305 D for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm blade and 340 mm capacity for advanced home projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraftsmen and installers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompound cuts and integrated laser for precise work on site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW motor designed for intermittent use, not for intensive cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous use in industrial production or intensive cuts on high-strength materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° \/ 90° cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 × 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° bevel cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° miter cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 × 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° compound cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW (2.2 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStructure and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade rotational speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e860 × 900 × 680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHM blade Ø 305 × 25.4 mm – 80 teeth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTable extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtendable stop guides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated laser device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorkpiece clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eControl device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity of the ZKG 305 D?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe maximum capacity is 340 × 95 mm at 90°, suitable for joists and large panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThis capacity allows for working with structural elements and wide pieces. For angled or compound cuts, the capacity reduces to 240 × 55 mm, still maintaining good operational versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eCan the machine perform compound cuts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eYes, it allows for compound cuts with simultaneous inclination and rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe head can be tilted left and right for mitres up to 45°, while the rotating base allows for bevel cuts. This enables working on frames, profiles, and complex joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eIs the integrated laser precise?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe laser helps in positioning the workpiece during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIt allows you to visualize the cutting line before the blade starts. It does not replace manual adjustment but improves speed in repetitive tasks and reduces alignment errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eIs it suitable for working with materials other than wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIt is primarily designed for wood and wood-derived materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWith the included 80-tooth HM blade, it is suitable for wood and panels. For other materials, it is necessary to check compatibility with specific blades, but it is not designed for metals or heavy-duty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eDoes it require frequent maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMaintenance is limited to cleaning and blade inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIt is advisable to remove chips and dust after each use, check the blade tightening, and verify the correct functioning of the laser and locking systems to maintain constant precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697153872200,"sku":"09-1005","price":279.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Troncatrice_a_doppia_inclinazione_ZKG_305_D_230V.jpg?v=1777725879"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-di-precisione-profi-880-g-vario-400v","title":"Lathe Bernardo Profi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V – Powerful and precise","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Profi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V Lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V lathe is designed for professionals and workshops that require power, precision, and versatility. With a center distance of 880 mm and a swing over bed of 320 mm, it allows for the machining of medium-sized workpieces with great stability. The spindle with a 38 mm bore and D1-4 mount according to DIN 55029 ensures compatibility and safety. The frequency inverter provides variable speed control between 75 and 2250 rpm, adapting to every machining operation. Equipped with a digital speed display, LED light, and automatic feeds, this lathe combines comfort and high performance. Suitable for precision turning, metric and inch threading, it offers a robust 255 kg structure that increases its stability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Distance between centers: 880 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 160 mm – Swing over bed Ø 320 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 38 mm with D1-4 mount (DIN 55029)\u003cbr\u003e• Variable speed range: 75–2250 rpm with frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e• Metric threads (18): 0.2 to 3.5 mm \/ Inch threads (21): 8 to 56 TPI\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic longitudinal and cross feeds with 15 ratios\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock quill travel: 100 mm (MT3)\u003cbr\u003e• Digital speed display and integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e• Machine dimensions: 1660 × 650 × 570 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Weight: 255 kg – robust and stable structure\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.07–1.0 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.017–0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 0.2–3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(21) 8–56 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm (MT3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power output S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power input S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 × 650 × 570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 255 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 3-jaw self-centering chuck Ø 160 mm \/ D4 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed centers\u003cbr\u003e• Set of spare gears\u003cbr\u003e• 4-position tool post\u003cbr\u003e• Safety clutch\u003cbr\u003e• Micrometer longitudinal stop\u003cbr\u003e• Cross slide with top support\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e• Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e• Thread indicator\u003cbr\u003e• Machine LED light\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle guard and splash guard\u003cbr\u003e• Lead screw cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Hobby and Profi in the Bernardo lathe range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby series is designed for advanced hobbyists and small workshops: lower speeds, single-phase or medium-power three-phase motors, center distances up to 750 mm. The Profi series is for continuous professional use: more powerful motors, extended speeds, center distances up to 3000 mm, greater structural rigidity for machining hard materials. The suffix G indicates gear change; Vario indicates continuous speed regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"G\" and \"Vario\" in the name mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG (Getriebe) indicates geared speed change — more torque at low speeds, suitable for hard steels and large sections. Vario indicates continuous mechanical variator — speed can be adjusted without stopping the machine, suitable for quickly switching between roughing and finishing. Vario models have less torque at low speeds than G models, but more operational flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-jaw self-centering chuck included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Hobby and Profi Bernardo lathes include a 3-jaw self-centering chuck, live center, and basic tools as standard. Optional accessories (4-jaw chuck, steady rest, follow rest, collets) are available separately from Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsider at least the center distance free in front of and behind the lathe for workpiece handling, plus 80 cm on each side. For lathes over 300 kg, coordinate with Krollit for the necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714307428680,"sku":"03-1188","price":3916.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_di_precisione_Profi_880_G_Vario_400_V.png?v=1756483974"},{"product_id":"ravendo-alu-125","title":"Ravendo ALU 125 Sack Truck","description":"\u003cp\u003eRavendo ALU 125 is a sack truck for professional use, with a load capacity of 125 kg and a weight of 7.6 kg. Krollit, official Ravendo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: 125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 7.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall height (H): 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall width (W): 490 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall length (L): 460 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport plate – Width (B): 490 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ALU 125 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLogistic warehouses, shops, and distribution centers use the ALU 125 for manual handling of packages, boxes, and goods of various sizes up to the stated limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Ravendo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRavendo ALU 125 is part of the Ravendo sack truck range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Ravendo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Ravendo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ALU 125 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ALU 125 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLogistics warehouses and distribution centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: manual handling of packages, boxes, and goods of various sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShops, supermarkets, and service companies\u003c\/strong\u003e: transport of loads up to the stated limit in indoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling full pallets (for pallets, dedicated pallet trucks or forklifts are needed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport plate – Width (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity per pallet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport plate – Depth (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium + Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load it can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load must be evenly distributed. For concentrated loads (over 50 kg\/dm²), check the rigidity of the platform and supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the platform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Platform dimensions\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions determine the type of goods that can be transported. For large packages, extended platforms or folding trolleys are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the wheels brakable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer at least 2 wheels with brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor use on ramps or inclined floors, it is essential to check for parking brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it foldable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome models fold up to take up less space during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFolding trolleys are suitable for those who need to transport the trolley itself in a car or store it in confined spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the frame made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically painted steel or aluminum for lighter use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel is sturdier but heavier; aluminum is lightweight and does not oxidize but has a slightly lower capacity for the same section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Ravendo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714727809352,"sku":"145465","price":89.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/1_c47d40c2-3e8d-4f34-b8f4-aa763a67e40d.jpg?v=1780493594"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-profi-900-vario-230v-dro","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 900 mm, center height of 160 mm, and a weight of 240 kg (without base). Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle nose: DIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speeds: 75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO for cylindrical, conical, and thread turning operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping is 3-5 business days from the Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical, conical, and thread turning on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: machining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine; for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 x 650 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the cutting limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is dimensioned for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, while professional models are 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi and Apollo series models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; the Hobby and Goliath series are for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchors. Benchtop models up to 100 kg can be installed on a robust workbench with an adequately sized surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715439563080,"sku":"03-1192","price":4013.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Bernardo_Profi_900_Vario_230_V_con_display_digitale_a_2_assi.jpg?v=1757329565"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-profi-900-vario-400v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 900 mm, center height of 160 mm, and a weight of 240 kg (without base). Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle nose: DIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO for cylindrical and conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical and conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: processing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine; for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 x 650 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V with DRO work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the cutting limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and anchoring with bolts. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715439726920,"sku":"03-1194","price":4013.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_Profi_900_Vario_con_display_digitale_2_assi.jpg?v=1757340487"},{"product_id":"proficenter-880-g-vario-400-v","title":"Bernardo Proficenter 880 G Vario Metal Lathe \/ 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 880 mm, a center height of 160 mm, and a weight of 318 kg (without base). Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 880 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle nose: DIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V for cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V is part of Bernardo's range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: machining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity milling machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 x 650 x 1090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e318 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical head adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Check for adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and anchoring with bolts. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715443953992,"sku":"03-1231","price":5073.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Centro_di_lavoro_Bernardo_Proficenter_880_G_Vario_tornio-fresatrice.jpg?v=1758816467"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-proficenter-880g-vario-400v-dro","title":"Bernardo Proficenter 880 G Vario Metal Lathe \/ 400 V with DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 880 mm, center height of 160 mm, and a weight of 318 kg (without base). Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 880 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle mount: DIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO for cylindrical, conical turning and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is part of the Bernardo range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical, conical turning and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: processing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity (milling machine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 x 650 x 1090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e318 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical head adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Proficenter 880 G Vario \/ 400 V with DRO work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories and wrench set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: Bernardo professional lathes handle continuous cycles, while bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchors. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715444150600,"sku":"03-1232","price":5711.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Proficenter_880_G_Vario_con_DRO_a_2_assi_e_mandrino_160_mm.jpg?v=1757279565"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-proficenter-900-vario-230v-dro","title":"Bernardo Proficenter 900 Vario Metal Lathe \/ 230 V with DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 900 mm, center height of 160 mm, and a weight of 303 kg (without base). Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle nose: DIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shops and artisan turners use the Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO for cylindrical, conical, and thread turning operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from the Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine shops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical, conical, and thread turning on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: processing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 x 650 x 1120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e303 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev (15 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical head adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Proficenter 900 Vario \/ 230 V with DRO process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the cutting limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check spindle and tailstock Morse taper compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial electrical line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, bench lathes are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines above 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchor bolts. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715444511048,"sku":"03-1237","price":5102.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Centro_di_lavoro_Bernardo_Proficenter_900_Vario_230_V_con_DRO.png?v=1758815996"},{"product_id":"tornio-bernardo-profi-880g-vario-230v","title":"Bernardo Precision Profi 880 G Vario Lathe \/ 230 V – Powerful and Versatile","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Precision Profi 880 G Vario \/ 230 V Lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Precision Profi 880 G Vario \/ 230 V lathe is designed for demanding professionals and hobbyists seeking precision and reliability. With a 38 mm spindle bore, an induction-hardened bed, and a continuous speed range from 75 to 2250 rpm, it ensures high performance even under heavy loads. Suitable for machining steel, non-ferrous metals, and plastic, it allows for universal operations such as longitudinal turning, facing, profiling, and threading. The presence of a Delta inverter ensures high torque at low speeds, while P5 tapered roller bearings guarantee long life and high precision. Complete with professional accessories, it is suitable for mechanical workshops and laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Spindle bore Ø 38 mm\u003cbr\u003e Induction-hardened and ground bed\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed 75 – 2250 rpm with Delta inverter\u003cbr\u003e Metric threads (0.2 – 3.5 mm) and imperial threads (8 – 56 TPI)\u003cbr\u003e High-precision P5 tapered roller bearings\u003cbr\u003e Tailstock with quick lock and 100 mm travel\u003cbr\u003e Motor power 1.5 kW (S1) – 2.2 kW (S6)\u003cbr\u003e Robust structure, weight 255 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfi 880 G Vario\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 pitches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 pitches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 x 650 x 570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 3-jaw self-centering chuck Ø 160 mm\u003cbr\u003e Fixed centers\u003cbr\u003e Change gears for threading\u003cbr\u003e 4-way tool post\u003cbr\u003e Safety clutch\u003cbr\u003e Micrometric longitudinal stop\u003cbr\u003e Cross slide with swivel top slide\u003cbr\u003e Delta frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Threading dial\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Spindle guard and splash guard\u003cbr\u003e Leadscrew cover\u003cbr\u003e Set of tools and service wrenches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Profi 880 and the Profi 550\/700 models in the same series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number in the name indicates the distance between centers in mm — the maximum turnable workpiece length. Profi 550 mm. The 38 mm spindle bore indicates the maximum diameter of the bar that can pass through the spindle bore without turning. The Vario variator adds continuous speed adjustment compared to standard models in the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat changes with the Vario electronic variator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electronic variator (Vario) allows for continuous speed adjustment without stopping the machine — you can switch from roughing to finishing by turning a knob in 2 seconds. Torque remains high even at low speeds, unlike mechanical belt variators. On the Profi 880, it covers the full range indicated in the table without steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e230 V power supply: is a transformer needed for the Profi 880?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e230 V single-phase — connects directly to the standard Italian industrial socket (Schuko 16A). No transformer or three-phase panel needed. Suitable for private laboratories, workshops without a three-phase system, and vocational schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715924889928,"sku":"03-1184","price":3916.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Bernardo_Precision_Profi_880_G_Vario_con_inverter_e_accessori.jpg?v=1758795495"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-per-metallo-profi-900-vario-230-v","title":"Bernardo Metal Lathe Profi 900 Vario - 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Lathe Profi 900 Vario \/ 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eProfi 900 Vario \/ 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e metal lathe is designed to offer precision, versatility, and high performance in a compact format. With a distance between centers of 900 mm and a swing over bed of 320 mm, it is suitable for complex machining operations for both professional workshops and experienced users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContinuous speed regulation via frequency inverter and convenient digital display ensure maximum control at every stage of the machining process. Furthermore, thanks to its robust construction and included accessories, the Profi 900 Vario ensures stability, safety, and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Compact and stable structure, suitable for precision machining\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed regulation with frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e Digital display of spindle speed\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal and cross feeds for versatile machining\u003cbr\u003e Wide range of metric and imperial threads\u003cbr\u003e 4-way tool post included\u003cbr\u003e LED lighting for improved visibility\u003cbr\u003e Safety devices: safety clutch, spindle guard, and splash guard\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous speed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 500 \/ 300 – 2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 0.2 – 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(21) 8 – 56 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCM 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 x 650 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3-jaw self-centering chuck DK11-160 mm \/ D4\u003cbr\u003e Fixed centers\u003cbr\u003e Change gears\u003cbr\u003e 4-way tool post\u003cbr\u003e Safety clutch\u003cbr\u003e Micrometric longitudinal stop\u003cbr\u003e Cross slide with top support\u003cbr\u003e Frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e Threading dial\u003cbr\u003e Integrated LED lamp\u003cbr\u003e Spindle guard\u003cbr\u003e Rear splash guard\u003cbr\u003e Leadscrew cover\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Profi 900 and the Profi 550\/700 models in the same series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number in the name indicates the distance between centers in mm — the maximum length of the workpiece that can be turned. Profi 550 mm. The 26 mm bar passage indicates the maximum diameter of the bar passing through the spindle bore without turning. The Vario variator adds continuous speed adjustment compared to standard models in the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat changes with the electronic Vario variator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electronic variator (Vario) allows continuous speed adjustment without stopping the machine — you can switch from roughing to finishing by turning a knob in 2 seconds. Torque remains high even at low speeds, unlike mechanical belt variators. On the Profi 900, it covers the full range indicated in the table without steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e900 V power supply: is a transformer needed for the Profi 900?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400 V three-phase — requires a three-phase electrical system (not available in standard private homes). Before purchasing, verify the presence of a three-phase system and the power of the electrical panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715926069576,"sku":"03-1191","price":3515.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_per_metallo_Profi_900_Vario_230V.jpg?v=1777726858"},{"product_id":"torni-profi-900-vario","title":"Bernardo Profi 900 Vario Lathe 400V – With electronic variable speed control","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V Lathe with Electronic Variator\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Profi 900 Vario \/ 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and powerful lathe, suitable for workshops, schools, and laboratories that require precision and flexibility. With a \u003cstrong\u003edistance between centers of 900 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003eswing over bed of 320 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it safely handles small to medium-sized workpieces. The \u003cstrong\u003eelectronic variator\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003efrequency inverter\u003c\/strong\u003e offers two ranges \u003cstrong\u003e75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003edigital speed indication\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the speed to be adapted to the material and tool. The rigid structure with a \u003cstrong\u003espindle bore of Ø 38 mm (D1-4)\u003c\/strong\u003e, tailstock \u003cstrong\u003eMT3\u003c\/strong\u003e (100 mm travel) and standard attachments ensures stability and compatibility. Complete equipment: self-centering chuck Ø 160 mm, 4-way tool post, change gears, LED light and CE guards. \u003cstrong\u003eMotor 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) – 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dimensions \u003cstrong\u003e1650 × 650 × 600 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eweight 240 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e (\u003cem\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/em\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Distance between centers: \u003cstrong\u003e900 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Center height: \u003cstrong\u003e160 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Swing over bed: \u003cstrong\u003e320 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Spindle bore: \u003cstrong\u003eØ 38 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e – mount \u003cstrong\u003eDIN 55029 D1-4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eElectronic variator\u003c\/strong\u003e: 75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm (inverter, digital readout)\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal feeds: \u003cstrong\u003e0.07–1.0 mm\/rev (15)\u003c\/strong\u003e — cross feeds: \u003cstrong\u003e0.017–0.25 mm\/rev (15)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Metric threads: \u003cstrong\u003e0.2–3.5 mm (18)\u003c\/strong\u003e — imperial threads: \u003cstrong\u003e8–56 TPI (21)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Tailstock: \u003cstrong\u003e100 mm travel\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eMT3 taper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Dimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e1650 × 650 × 600 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (\u003cem\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/em\u003e) — \u003cstrong\u003eWeight: 240 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Motor: \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.2 kW S6 – 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfi 900 Vario \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–500 \/ 300–2000 rpm (variator, inverter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal\/Cross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07–1.0 \/ 0.017–0.25 mm\/rev (15\/15)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2–3.5 mm (18)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–56 TPI (21)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) – 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 × 650 × 600 mm*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Self-centering chuck \u003cstrong\u003eDK11 Ø 160 mm (D4)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Dead centers\u003cbr\u003e Change gears + \u003cstrong\u003ethread dial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSafety clutch\u003c\/strong\u003e and micrometric longitudinal stop\u003cbr\u003e Cross slide with top slide\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFrequency inverter\u003c\/strong\u003e + \u003cstrong\u003edigital speed indication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLED\u003c\/strong\u003e machine light\u003cbr\u003e Guards: \u003cstrong\u003echuck guard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esplash guard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eleadscrew cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTool set\u003c\/strong\u003e and basic accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: benchtop version, \u003cstrong\u003estand not included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Profi 900 and the Profi 550\/700 models in the same series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number in the name indicates the distance between centers in mm — the maximum turnable workpiece length. Profi 550 mm. The 26 mm spindle bore indicates the maximum diameter of the bar that can pass through the spindle bore without turning. The Vario variator adds continuous speed adjustment compared to the standard models in the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat changes with the Vario electronic variator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electronic variator (Vario) allows continuous speed adjustment without stopping the machine — you can switch from roughing to finishing by turning the knob in 2 seconds. The torque remains high even at low speeds, unlike mechanical belt variators. On the Profi 900, it covers the full range indicated in the table without steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e900 V power supply: is a transformer needed for the Profi 900?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400 V three-phase — requires a three-phase electrical system (not available in standard private homes). Before purchasing, check for a three-phase system and the power of the electrical panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715927314760,"sku":"03-1193","price":3514.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Bernardo_Profi_900_Vario_400_V_con_variatore_e_inverter.jpg?v=1757692786"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-profi-880g-vario","title":"Bernardo Profi 880 G Vario Metal Lathe with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 880 mm, center height 160 mm, motor 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) – 230 V, weight 255 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 880 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle nose: DIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 75 – 435 \/ 400 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V for cylindrical turning, taper turning, and threading on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical turning, taper turning, and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: machining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model makers\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 435 \/ 400 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 1.0 mm\/rev (15)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.017 – 0.25 mm\/rev (15)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 pitches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 pitches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEurope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 x 650 x 570 mm*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Profi 880 G Vario with 2-axis DRO ES-12 V work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify spindle and tailstock Morse taper compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial electrical line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: Bernardo professional lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; the Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines above 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchors. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy bench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50727643775304,"sku":"03-1187","price":4085.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Bernardo_Profi_880_G_Vario_con_DRO_2_assi_ES-12_V.jpg?v=1757601775"},{"product_id":"squadratrice-fks-1250-n-230-v","title":"Bernardo FKS 1250 N Sliding Table Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FKS 1250 N is a professional-grade woodworking panel saw, with a 1.5 kW (2.0 HP) motor and a weight of 160 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable size: 800 x 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding carriage: 1320 x 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. blade diameter: 254 x 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. cutting height 90° \/ 45°: 80 \/ 54 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting width with rip fence: 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FKS 1250 N and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional woodworking shops use the FKS 1250 N for squaring panels with a sliding carriage, and for cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FKS 1250 N is part of the Bernardo panel saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the FKS 1250 N for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FKS 1250 N is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional woodworking shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: squaring panels with a sliding carriage for precise 90° cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metal sheets (machine dedicated to wood: specific shears and saws are needed for metal).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. blade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 x 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting height 90° \/ 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 \/ 54 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width with rip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 x 2100 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1320 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable widening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquaring table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4060 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat panel sizes can it square?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Carriage dimensions\" and \"Useful carriage length\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional sliding carriages measure 2,000-3,200 mm. For longer panels, larger industrial panel saws are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a scoring saw for coated panels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a scoring saw as standard or optional to prevent chipping on MDF and laminates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoring saw performs a preliminary surface cut before the main cut, eliminating the problem of chipping on the visible side of the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height and angle does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" and \"Blade tilt\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade tilt (typically 0-46°) allows for 45° cuts for joints and chamfered edges. Verify the useful height at 45°, which is less than the maximum at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eRequired power supply and power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional panel saws require 400 V three-phase power with 4 to 7 kW motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom 200 kg to over 800 kg for industrial models complete with long carriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires a flat and level floor. For continuous use, anchoring with bolts is recommended for stability during more demanding operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51368795210056,"sku":"09-1092","price":1921.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51368795242824,"sku":"09-1093","price":1921.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Squadratrice_Bernardo_FKS_1250_N.jpg?v=1777727865"},{"product_id":"squadratrice-fks-1600-n","title":"Bernardo FKS 1600 N Sliding Table Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo FKS 1600 N is a professional wood panel saw, weighing approx. 170 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain table dimensions: 800 × 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding table: 1610 × 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdging length: 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax blade diameter: 254 × 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax cutting height 90° \/ 45°: 80 \/ 54 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting width parallel fence: 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FKS 1600 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpenters use the FKS 1600 N for squaring panels with a sliding carriage, cutting chipboard panels, MDF, and solid wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo FKS 1600 N is part of the Bernardo panel saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the FKS 1600 N for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FKS 1600 N is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: Squaring panels with a sliding carriage for precise 90° cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: Cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working with metal sheets (machine dedicated to wood: specific shears and saws are needed for metal).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax blade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain blade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4060 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction connection Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdging length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 170 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor output power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1610 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel saw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1610 × 2100 × 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting height 90° \/ 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 \/ 54 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width parallel fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat panel sizes can it square?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Carriage dimensions\" and \"Useful carriage length\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional sliding carriages measure 2,000-3,200 mm. Longer panels require larger industrial panel saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a scoring saw for coated panels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a scoring saw as standard or optional to prevent chipping on MDF and laminates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoring saw performs a preliminary surface cut before the main cut, eliminating the problem of chipping on the visible side of the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height and angle does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" and \"Blade tilt\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blade tilt (typically 0-46°) allows for 45° cuts for joints and beveled edges. Check the useful height at 45°, which is lower than the maximum at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003ePower supply and power requirements?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional panel saws require 400 V three-phase with motors from 4 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom 200 kg to over 800 kg for industrial models complete with long carriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires a flat and level floor. For continuous use, fixing with anchors is recommended for stability in more demanding work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51368838037832,"sku":"09-1094","price":2039.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51368838070600,"sku":"09-1095","price":2039.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Squadratrice_FKS_1600_N.jpg?v=1777727113"},{"product_id":"squadratrice-sts-1600-230-v","title":"Bernardo STS 1600 \/ 230 V Panel Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo STS 1600 \/ 230 V is a professional wood panel saw with a 2.2 kW (3.0 HP) motor, weighing approximately 204 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable size: 760 x 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding table: 1600 x 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding table length: 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. blade diameter: 315 x 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. cutting height 90° \/ 45°: 100 \/ 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting width at fence: 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STS 1600 \/ 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpentry shops use the STS 1600 \/ 230 V for squaring panels with a sliding carriage, and for cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STS 1600 \/ 230 V fits into Bernardo's range of panel saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the STS 1600 \/ 230 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STS 1600 \/ 230 V is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: squaring panels with a sliding carriage for precise 90° cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metal sheets (machine dedicated to wood: specific shears and saws are needed for metal).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. blade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 x 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain blade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500 x 1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 204 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel saw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting height 90° \/ 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 \/ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width at fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat panel dimensions can it square?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Carriage dimensions\" and \"Useful carriage length\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional sliding carriages measure 2,000-3,200 mm. For longer panels, larger industrial panel saws are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a scoring saw for coated panels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a scoring saw as standard or optional to prevent chipping on MDF and laminates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoring saw performs a shallow pre-cut before the main cut, eliminating the problem of chipping on the visible side of the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height and angle does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" and \"Blade tilt\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade tilt (typically 0-46°) allows for 45° cuts for joints and mitered edges. Check the useful height at 45°, which is less than the maximum at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003ePower supply and power requirements?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional panel saws require 400 V three-phase with motors from 4 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom 200 kg to over 800 kg for industrial models complete with long carriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires a flat and level floor. For continuous use, fixing with anchor bolts is recommended for stability during more demanding tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50728464318792,"sku":"09-1097","price":2223.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Squadratrice_Bernardo_STS_1600_230_V_Precisa_e_compatta_con_motore_monofase.jpg?v=1757021959"},{"product_id":"squadratrice-sts-1600-400-v","title":"Bernardo STS 1600 Sliding Table Saw \/ 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STS 1600 \/ 400 V is a woodworking panel saw for professional use, with a 2.2 kW (3.0 hp) motor, weighing approx. 204 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 760 x 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding table dimensions: 1600 x 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdging length: 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. blade diameter: 315 x 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. cutting height 90° \/ 45°: 100 \/ 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting width on fence: 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STS 1600 \/ 400 V and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional joineries use the STS 1600 \/ 400 V for squaring panels with a sliding carriage, and cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STS 1600 \/ 400 V is part of Bernardo's range of panel saws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the STS 1600 \/ 400 V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STS 1600 \/ 400 V is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joineries\u003c\/strong\u003e: squaring panels with a sliding carriage for precise 90° cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting chipboard, MDF, and solid wood panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metal sheets (machine dedicated to wood: metal requires specific shears and saws).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. blade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 x 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain blade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdging length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 2500 x 1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 204 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquaring capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting height 90° \/ 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 \/ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width on fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat panel dimensions can it square?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Carriage size\" and \"Useful carriage length\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional sliding carriages measure 2,000-3,200 mm. Longer panels require larger industrial panel saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a scoring unit for coated panels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a scoring unit as standard or optional to prevent chipping on MDF and laminates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoring unit performs a superficial pre-cut before the main cut, eliminating the problem of chipping on the visible side of the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting height and angle does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max cutting height\" and \"Blade tilt\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade tilt (typically 0-46°) allows for 45° cuts for joints and beveled edges. Check the useful height at 45°, which is lower than the maximum at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003ePower supply and power requirements?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional panel saws require 400 V three-phase with motors from 4 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom 200 kg to over 800 kg for industrial models complete with long carriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires a flat and level floor. For continuous use, fixing with anchor bolts is recommended for stability during demanding operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50728469528904,"sku":"09-1096","price":2223.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Squadratrice_Bernardo_STS_1600_400_V_Compatta_e_potente_per_falegnamerie_professionali.jpg?v=1757021694"},{"product_id":"seghe-troncatrici-guede-tkgs-210","title":"Guede Güde TKGS 210 Mitre Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde TKGS 210 is a miter saw for professional use, with a 1.8 kW \/ 1800 W motor, weighing ,. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupply voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 1.8 kW \/ 1800 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 4800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height (at 90°): max 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable width: 335 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Güde TKGS 210 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde TKGS 210 is a miter saw for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde TKGS 210 is part of the Guede miter saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Güde TKGS 210 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde TKGS 210 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpenters and construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise cuts to size on boards, battens and profiles with accurate miter angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: rapid cuts to size with radial pull for larger pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rip cuts on panels (machine dedicated to cross cuts: for large panels, consider table saws).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height (at 90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e455 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (90°\/90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (90°\/45°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (45°\/90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 85 mm (left) \/ 70 × 64 mm (right)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (45°\/45°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 × 38 mm (left) \/ 48 × 83 mm (right)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blade teeth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 × 650 × 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW \/ 1800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermany\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting capacity does the Güde TKGS 210 have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table for maximum thickness and width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRadial miter saws extend the cutting width capacity thanks to the sliding action on the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the table: typically Ø 210-305 mm for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger blades offer greater cutting capacity but require adequate motor power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a radial (slide) function or only a fixed one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"GRK\" and similar models have radial pull; \"TKGS\" and \"GFO\" are fixed miter saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe radial function increases the cutting width capacity for larger pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting angle does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional miter saws offer a lateral tilt of ±45° and a table rotation of ±60°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for exact values for compound miter (double bevel).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional miter saws have a dust extractor connection with a diameter of Ø35-50 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential to reduce breathable dust and keep the cutting area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51815797195080,"sku":"55270","price":284.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/G_de_TKGS_210_Troncatrice_combinata_da_banco_con_laser_integrato.jpg?v=1777731517"},{"product_id":"seghe-troncatrici-guede-gks-2134-1","title":"Guede Güde GKS 2134.1 Miter Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde GKS 2134.1 is a professional miter saw, with an 1100 W motor, weight ,. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupply voltage: 220–240 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection class (IP): X0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 1100 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 5500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable length: 200 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Güde GKS 2134.1 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde GKS 2134.1 is a professional miter saw distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Güde GKS 2134.1 is part of the Guede miter saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare part order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Güde GKS 2134.1 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde GKS 2134.1 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry workshops and construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise miter cuts on boards, battens, and profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpenters and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: quick-measure cuts with radial slide for larger pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e longitudinal cuts on panels (machine dedicated to cross-cuts: for large panels, consider table saws).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (45°\/45°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (45°\/90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (90°\/45°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting range (90°\/90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45° left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blade teeth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVacuum connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 330 × 340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220–240 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class (IP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94.78 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermany\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the cutting capacity of Güde GKS 2134.1?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table for maximum thickness and width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRadial miter saws extend the cutting capacity in width thanks to the sliding action on the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the table: typically Ø 210-305 mm for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger blades offer greater cutting capacity but require adequate motor power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a radial (slide) function or only a fixed one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"GRK\" and similar models have radial sliding; \"TKGS\" and \"GFO\" are fixed miter saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe radial function increases the cutting capacity in width for larger pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting angle does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional miter saws offer a lateral tilt of ±45° and table rotation of ±60°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for exact values for double inclination (compound miter).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional miter saws have a dust extractor connection with a diameter of Ø35-50 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential to reduce respirable dust and keep the cutting area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51816797929800,"sku":"55274","price":65.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/G_de_GKS_2134.1_Troncatrice_compatta_1100W_per_tagli_angolari_e_obliqui.jpg?v=1777727299"},{"product_id":"seghe-guede-gtk-2000-1","title":"Guede GTK 2000 1 Hand-held Circular Saw","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede GTK 2000 1 is a handheld circular saw for professional use, with a 2000 W motor, weighing approximately 24–26 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 2000 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 4800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade Ø: 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade bore: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GTK 2000 1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GTK 2000 1 is a handheld circular saw for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GTK 2000 1 is part of the Guede handheld circular saw range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the GTK 2000 1 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GTK 2000 1 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile carpentry workshops and construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: portable straight cuts on boards and battens directly on-site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpenters and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: on-site work with a handheld tool for quick cuts on light materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise stationary cuts on large panels (for series production, consider table saws or fixed panel saws).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blade teeth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface (W × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e545 × 630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e935 × 1040 × 1015 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~24–26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extensions (W × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChip extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the cutting capacity of the GTK 2000 1?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting capacity\" in the technical table for maximum thickness at 90° and 45°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity at 45° is always less than the cut at 90°. Check both values if you often make angled cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupported blade diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Blade diameter\" in the table: typically Ø 250-350 mm for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger blades offer greater cutting depth but require adequate motor power. Check the standard spindle bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it operate at 230 V or 400 V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: the MKS-351 model is available at 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional circular saws over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Check power availability on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional saws have a dust extractor connection with a typical diameter of Ø50-100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential to reduce breathable dust and maintain visibility of the cutting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it suitable for use on construction sites?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, handheld saws are designed for frequent relocation and on-site cutting of boards and battens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor stationary production of large panels, consider fixed table saws with sliding carriages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51824864887112,"sku":"55262","price":134.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_circolare_da_banco_G_de_GTK_2000.1_2000W_250_mm_con_estensioni.jpg?v=1777732112"},{"product_id":"levigatrici-guede-gsbsm-500","title":"Sander GUEDE GSBSM 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede GUEDE GSBSM 500 is a professional-grade sander, with a 500 W motor, weighing approximately 20 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupply voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 500 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBelt dimensions: 610 × 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBelt speed: 8 m\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GUEDE GSBSM 500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops use the GUEDE GSBSM 500 for sanding and satin finishing stainless steel, aluminum, and alloys, removing burrs and finishing surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GUEDE GSBSM 500 is part of the Guede sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GUEDE GSBSM 500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GSBSM 500 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops for metal finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding and satin finishing stainless steel, aluminum, and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetalworking shops and production laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: burr removal, cutting deburring, and surface finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e mirror polishing chrome (dedicated polishers with abrasive pastes are needed for final chrome finishes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle center height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking surface (L × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e416 × 460 × 470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC, oscillating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction nozzle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ35 \/ 38.6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.9 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can the GUEDE GSBSM 500 sand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel, aluminum, metal alloys and (in some models) also wood with appropriate abrasive belts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA specific belt grit is used for each material: 60-80 for roughing, 120-180 for finishing, 240+ for pre-polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size abrasive belt does it use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Belt dimensions\" in the technical table: typically from 75x2,000 mm to 150x2,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelts are consumable spare parts: Krollit provides original Bernardo belts in various grit sizes to optimize the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the belt speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer Vario or multi-step speeds (typically 4-8 steps).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh speeds (\u0026gt;20 m\/s) for stainless steel and finishing, low speeds (\u0026lt;10 m\/s) for wood and soft materials to prevent burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated suction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a suction connection for grinding dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuction is essential for stainless steel (respirable dust) and for wood (fire risk from sparks). Check connection diameter for connection to a centralized system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: typically 50-200 kg for bench and pillar models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillar models require floor mounting, while bench models are installed on a sturdy bench of adequate size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51825376559432,"sku":"38385","price":133.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Levigatrice_a_mandrino_oscillante_G_de_GSBSM_500_500W.jpg?v=1777725328"},{"product_id":"levigatrici-guede-gbts-400","title":"Guede GBTS 400 Sander","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede GBTS 400 is a sander for professional use, with a 350 W motor, weighing ~12 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230–240 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating mode: S1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection class (IP): X0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 350 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 1450 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GBTS 400 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and carpentry shops use the GBTS 400 for sanding and satin finishing stainless steel, aluminum, and alloys, removing burrs and finishing surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GBTS 400 is part of the Guede sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GBTS 400 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GBTS 400 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops for metal finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding and satin finishing of stainless steel, aluminum, and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry shops and production laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: deburring, removing cutting burrs, and surface finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e mirror-polished chrome (dedicated polishing machines with abrasive pastes are needed for final chrome finishes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0°–90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking surface (L × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 × 370 × 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230–240 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class (IP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction nozzle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ36 mm at 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelcro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e292 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can the GBTS 400 sand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel, aluminum, metal alloys and (in some models) also wood with appropriate abrasive belts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor each material, a specific belt grit is used: 60-80 for roughing, 120-180 for finishing, 240+ for pre-polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat abrasive belt sizes does it use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Belt dimensions\" in the technical table: typically from 75x2,000 mm to 150x2,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelts are consumable spare parts: Krollit supplies original Bernardo belts in various grit sizes to optimize the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the belt speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer Vario or multi-step speeds (typically 4-8 steps).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh speeds (\u003e20 m\/s) for stainless steel and finishing, low speeds (\u003c10 m\/s) for wood and soft materials to avoid burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated suction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a suction connection for grinding dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuction is essential for stainless steel (respirable dust) and for wood (fire risk from sparks). Check the connection diameter for connection to a centralized system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: typically 50-200 kg for bench and column models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColumn models require floor mounting, bench models are installed on a sturdy bench of adequate size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51825850810696,"sku":"55135","price":87.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Levigatrice_a_nastro_e_disco_G_de_GBTS_400_350W_150_mm.jpg?v=1777732648"},{"product_id":"calibratrice-bernardo-zsm-460-dc-230v-460-mm-con-aspirazione-integrata","title":"Bernardo ZSM 460 DC Calibrating Sander","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo ZSM 460 DC is a sanding machine for professional use, with a sanding width of 460 mm (920 mm without support), a 1.8 kW \/ 2.4 HP motor, and a weight of approx. 118 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. working width: 460 mm (920 mm without support)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum workpiece length: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkable thickness: 3 – 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions (L x W): 470 x 425 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking height: 915 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding roller: Ø 100 x 465 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ZSM 460 DC and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpentry shops and furniture manufacturers use the ZSM 460 DC for sanding solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels, standardizing the thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo ZSM 460 DC is part of the Bernardo sanding machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ZSM 460 DC for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZSM 460 DC is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels to standardize thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration workshops and custom production\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metals or plastic materials (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 x 560 x 1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 118 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 x 465 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable 0.5 – 4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEquipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 grit abrasive belt, integrated dust extraction, support with rollers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm (920 mm without support)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1420 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW \/ 2.4 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multiple passes with precise alignment are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat minimum and maximum thickness can it work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.-max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin workpieces, the use of anti-vibration supports is recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize finishing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and handling with a forklift during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51828192772424,"sku":"11-43650","price":1384.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calibratrice_Bernardo_ZSM_460_DC_230V_460_mm_con_aspirazione_integrata.jpg?v=1777743500"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-pialla-a-spessore-bernardo-th330-pro-230v","title":"Bernardo TH 330 Pro 230V Planer Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is a jointer and thicknesser planer for professional use, with a 1.8 kW (2.4 HP) motor, weighing approx. 49 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaning width: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkpiece height min\/max: 5 – 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 505 × 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum removal: 3.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum workpiece length: 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft diameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is a jointer and thicknesser planer for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is part of the Bernardo range of jointer and thicknesser planers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit is an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: jointing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height min\/max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 610 × 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kW (3.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutterhead or spiral cutterhead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutterhead with HM inserts, while the others feature standard HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutterhead produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts are individually rotated when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum workable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknessing shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for jointing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow switching between functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51877871190344,"sku":"08-10125","price":952.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_Bernardo_TH_330_Pro_230V_compatta_e_precisa.jpg?v=1777727706"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-sega-fresa-bernardo-fk-250r-400v","title":"Bernardo FK 250 R 400V combined woodworking machine with spindle moulder","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo combined milling machine FK 250 R 400V is a combined woodworking machine for professional use, with a 2.2 kW (1.5 HP) motor, weighing approx. 179 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 900 × 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable height: 865 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable extensions: 2 × 235 × 210 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable widening: 670 × 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding table: 400 × 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 710 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FK 250 R 400V combined milling machine and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FK 250 R 400V combined milling machine is a combined woodworking machine for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo combined milling machine FK 250 R 400V is part of the Bernardo range of combined woodworking machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the FK 250 R 400V combined milling machine for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FK 250 R 400V combined milling machine is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan joineries with limited space\u003c\/strong\u003e: multiple woodworking functions (saw, milling, planing, drilling) integrated into a single machine to optimize footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration workshops and niche productions\u003c\/strong\u003e: versatility for mixed operations with a single investment and simplified training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-intensity industrial series production (for intensive cycles and continuous production, consider dedicated machines for each function).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height 90° \/ 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 \/ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting width at rip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax blade Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 \/ 4000 \/ 6000 \/ 8000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e865 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful clamping length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1240 × 1620 × 1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 179 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (1.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable extensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 235 × 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable widening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e670 × 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRouter spindle Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tool Ø (profiling \/ tenoning)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat functions does the FK 250 R 400V combined milling machine offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined machine: integrates multiple woodworking operations (squaring, milling, planing, drilling) into a single machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined machines reduce footprint and costs compared to separate machines; switching between functions takes only a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the working width\/length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planer width\" and \"Carriage length\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCU\/FK models typically have a 1,600-2,500 mm carriage and 250-310 mm planer width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional combined machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 3 kW require a three-phase line. Check availability in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFast function change?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow function changes in a few minutes by tilting or replacing tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor series production with frequent function changes, consider dedicated squaring machines\/milling machines to reduce setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Bernardo spare parts available with 3-5 day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51878431523144,"sku":"08-1177","price":2695.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega-fresa_combinata_Bernardo_FK_250_R_compatta_e_precisa.jpg?v=1777750260"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-trapano-fresa-bernardo-bf-18-bdc","title":"Bernardo BF 18 BDC Drill-Milling Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 18 BDC is a drill-milling machine for professional use, with a 0.75 kW \/ 230 V motor, weighing approx. 72 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling capacity in steel: 18 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. face mill diameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. end mill diameter: 18 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThroat (column-spindle distance): 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle-table distance: 80 – 280 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle stroke: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 18 BDC and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and prototyping laboratories use the BF 18 BDC for combined drilling, milling and tapping operations on metal workpieces. The tilting head allows for angled machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 18 BDC fits into the Bernardo drill-milling machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 18 BDC for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BF 18 BDC is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and medium mechanical workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: combined drilling, milling and tapping operations on metal workpieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrototyping laboratories and maintainers\u003c\/strong\u003e: creation of keyways, holes, and angled machining with a tilting head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-shift industrial production\u003c\/strong\u003e: for intensive continuous cycles, consider HSV ranges or universal milling machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face mill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. end mill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 \/ 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat (column-spindle distance)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 – 280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 1500 \/ 200 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCM2 (MK2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 500 × 830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 72 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can the BF 18 BDC machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrilling, face milling, end milling, and tapping on mild steels, cast iron, and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels. For alloy steels, reduce feed and cutting speed to preserve tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I adjust the spindle speed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Spindle speed\" in the technical table: Vario adjustment or mechanical step change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario models allow continuous adjustment via inverter or keypad, while mechanical gear models (e.g., BF 30 G) require manual range selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the technical table: typically 230 V single-phase or 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge models (BF 45, FM 45, FM 50) require a 400 V three-phase line. Check availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tiltable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, see \"Head tilt\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead tilting allows for angled milling and chamfering without complex workpiece clamping. More advanced models offer tilt up to ±90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies from approx. 50 kg (KF 10) to over 350 kg (BF 45 HSV Vario).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor models over 200 kg, installation on a dedicated base is recommended. For lighter models, a sturdy and level workbench is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51878534676808,"sku":"02-11115","price":1250.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_fresatrice_Bernardo_BF_18_BDC_potente_e_preciso_con_display_digitale.jpg?v=1777750911"},{"product_id":"motosega-elettrica-guede-ks-405-ec","title":"Gardening tool Electric chainsaw Güde KS 405 EC","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede electric chainsaw Güde KS 405 EC is a gardening tool for professional use, with a 2400 W motor, weighing 4.0 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP protection: IPX0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 2400 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor speed: 7000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting length: 385 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Güde KS 405 EC electric chainsaw and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde KS 405 EC electric chainsaw is a gardening tool for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede electric chainsaw Güde KS 405 EC (motosega-elettrica-guede-ks-405-ec) is part of the Guede gardening tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer assistance available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Güde KS 405 EC electric chainsaw for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Güde KS 405 EC electric chainsaw is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen space maintainers and professional gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting, pruning, thinning work on lawns, hedges, trees, and borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFarms and properties with large green spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e: regular maintenance of extensive gardens with interchangeable battery tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e industrial work on metal materials or structural timber (tools designed for gardening: different uses require specific machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.19 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chain speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 m\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGroove width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e890 x 290 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of links\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick chain tensioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Güde KS 405 EC electric chainsaw used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a gardening tool for the type indicated in the model (brushcutter, hedge trimmer, chainsaw, shear, or multi-function set).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the specific characteristics in the product data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBattery or mains?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"18-201\" or \"18-401\" models are 18V battery-powered, for others, check power supply in the data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery-powered models of the ProVolt 18V Güde series share the same platform and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBattery and charger included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with code \"0\" indicate the \"machine only\" version without battery; those with \"201\" or \"401\" include battery and charger kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title or data sheet for \"Set\", \"Kit\" or \"Solo\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat autonomy does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutonomy depends on battery capacity (Ah) and intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor prolonged work, it is recommended to have spare batteries of the same series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts available. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52120717099336,"sku":"95033","price":67.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Motosega_elettrica_G_de_KS_405_EC_2400W_leggera_e_potente.jpg?v=1777728209"},{"product_id":"banchi-lavoro-guede-gw-2-2","title":"Guede Workbench GW 2\/2","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Workbench GW 2\/2 is a professional workbench available from Krollit, the official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTabletop width: 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTabletop depth: 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTabletop thickness: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking height: 850 – 885 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTabletop material: Rubberwood (solid wood)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum workbench load: 300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GW 2\/2 Workbench and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GW 2\/2 Workbench is a professional workbench distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Workbench GW 2\/2 is part of the Guede workbench range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GW 2\/2 Workbench for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GW 2\/2 workbench is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and craft laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: stable workstation with safety-compliant top for assembly, repair, and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry shops and installation sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: modular bench with drawers, doors, and accessories for tool organization and work preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOccasional domestic use\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional Guede benches are sized for continuous use: for home garages, consider compact models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 – 885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberwood (solid wood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer dimensions (W x H x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 x 115 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 x 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workbench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of drawers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco Line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisassembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat load capacity does the GW 2\/2 Workbench support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Maximum load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 200 to 1,000 kg for professional benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“P-1200” models have a capacity of 200-300 kg; GW Heavy Duty series go over 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many drawers and doors does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic models have 2-3 drawers; \"S\/SS\/T\/TT\/SLT\" configurations indicate combinations of drawers and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for the acronyms: \"S\" = single, \"SS\" = double, \"T\" = top, \"TT\" = double top, \"SLT\" = top with side drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWorktop material?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard benches have steel tops; \"Inox\" models have stainless steel tops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel is suitable for environments with liquids or corrosive substances; standard steel is more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWorktop dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Tabletop dimensions\" in the table: typically 1,200-2,000 mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor modular benches, check the possibility of joining multiple modules to extend the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52213168374088,"sku":"40472","price":236.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Banco_da_lavoro_G_de_GW_2_2_300_kg_con_cassetti_e_ante.jpg?v=1777727535"},{"product_id":"banchi-lavoro-guede-gw-6-2-xl","title":"Guede workbench GW 6\/2 XL","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GW 6\/2 XL Workbench is a professional workbench available from Krollit, an official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorktop width: 1709 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorktop depth: 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorktop thickness: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking height: 850 – 885 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorktop material: Rubberwood (solid wood)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum workbench load: 300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GW 6\/2 XL Workbench and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GW 6\/2 XL Workbench is a professional workbench distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GW 6\/2 XL Workbench is part of the Guede workbench range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the GW 6\/2 XL Workbench is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GW 6\/2 XL workbench is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisanal laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: stable workstation with safety-compliant top for assembly, repair, and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry shops and installation sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: modular bench with drawers, doors, and accessories for tool organization and work preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOccasional home use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Güde professional benches are designed for continuous use; for home garages, consider compact models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1709 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 – 885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberwood (solid wood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer dimensions (W x H x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 x 115 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor dimensions (W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 x 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workbench load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of drawers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco Line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisassembled – top in two parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktop thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame color\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue RAL 5015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat load capacity does the GW 6\/2 XL Workbench support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Maximum load capacity\" in the technical table: typically 200 to 1,000 kg for professional benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"P-1200\" models have a capacity of 200-300 kg; GW Heavy Duty series can reach over 500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many drawers and doors does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic models have 2-3 drawers; \"S\/SS\/T\/TT\/SLT\" configurations indicate combinations of drawers and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical sheet for the acronyms: \"S\" = single, \"SS\" = double, \"T\" = top, \"TT\" = double top, \"SLT\" = top with side drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWorktop material?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard benches have a steel top; \"Inox\" models have a stainless steel top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel is suitable for environments with liquids or corrosive substances; standard steel is more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWorktop dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Worktop dimensions\" in the table: typically 1,200-2,000 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor modular benches, check the possibility of joining multiple modules to extend the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52214256566600,"sku":"40481","price":334.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Banco_da_lavoro_G_de_GW_6_2_XL_300_kg_con_6_cassetti_e_2_ante.jpg?v=1777726064"},{"product_id":"lavorazione-legno-record-power-pt107-albero-spirale","title":"Record Power PT107 Planer Thicknesser Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock is a professional-grade planer thicknesser, weighing 162 kg. Krollit has been an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working width: 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner table: 1100 × 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser table: 600 × 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax thicknessing height: 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner depth of cut: 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser depth of cut: 2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock is a professional-grade planer thicknesser distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock is part of the Record Power range of planer thicknessers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joineries\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, strips, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door production\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (this machine is for solid wood: composite panels will damage the knives; consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax thicknessing height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser feed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 × 15 × 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 50 Hz \/ 3 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 \/ 106 dB(A) (idle \/ load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83 \/ 100 dB(A) (idle \/ load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral cutterblock diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 or 44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 ROWS: 26 \/ 4 ROWS: 44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorx M6 × 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1080 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the PT107 Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be worked in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eKnife cutterblock or spiral cutterblock?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutterblock with HSS inserts, while others have standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutterblock produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum workable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknessing cutterblock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing between functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is advantageous for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in your workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"44 TCT","offer_id":52234279223624,"sku":"47504","price":2292.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Record_Power_PT107_con_albero_a_spirale.png?v=1776103057"},{"product_id":"set-combinato-procomfort-da-10-utensili-per-tornitura-legno","title":"Record Power 10-Piece ProComfort Woodturning Chisel Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eRecord Power ProComfort 10-piece woodturning chisel set is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of tools: 10 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkable materials: Hardwood, softwood, resins, acrylics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive center: Multitooth Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive center: Multitooth Ø 16 mm, double bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom (artisanal production)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeries: ProComfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ProComfort 10-piece woodturning chisel set and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Record Power ProComfort 10-piece woodturning chisel set as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power ProComfort 10-piece woodturning chisel set is part of the Record Power range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ProComfort 10-piece woodturning chisel set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ProComfort 10-piece woodturning chisel set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular processes or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwood, softwood, resins, acrylics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrive center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultitooth Ø 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLive center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultitooth Ø 16 mm, double bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnited Kingdom (artisanal production)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProComfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodturning tool set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScraper insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (replaceable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of compatibility doubts, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for simple accessories; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52294268617032,"sku":"103740","price":520.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Set_combinato_ProComfort_da_10_utensili_per_tornitura_legno.png?v=1767891291"},{"product_id":"record-power-set-sgorbie-tornitura-ciotole-3-pezzi","title":"Record Power Machine Tool Accessory Bowl Turning Gouge Set 3 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003eRecord Power 3-Piece Bowl Turning Gouge Set is a machine tool accessory for professional use, available from Krollit, an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of tools: 3 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle length: 305 mm (12”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Woodturning gouge set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade material: High-speed steel (HSS)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle material: European beech\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 3-piece Bowl Turning Gouge Set and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 3-piece Bowl Turning Gouge Set as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power 3-Piece Bowl Turning Gouge Set is part of the Record Power range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 3-piece Bowl Turning Gouge Set for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3-piece bowl turning gouge set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm (12”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodturning gouge set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-speed steel (HSS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean beech\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, please contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, please contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52296892514632,"sku":"103720","price":125.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Set_Record_Power_3_sgorbie_per_tornitura_ciotole.jpg?v=1767947037"},{"product_id":"record-power-set-utensili-tornitura-legno-6-pezzi","title":"Record Power Lathe Chisel Set Wood Turning 6 Piece Machine Tool Accessory","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power 6-piece woodturning chisel set is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of chisels: 6 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle length: 305 mm (12”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Woodturning chisel set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade material: HSS (high-speed steel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle material: European beech\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacture: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 6-piece woodturning chisel set and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 6-piece woodturning chisel set as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power 6-piece woodturning chisel set is part of the Record Power machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 6-piece woodturning chisel set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6-piece woodturning chisel set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processes or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of chisels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm (12”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodturning chisel set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS (high-speed steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean beech\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, sourcing times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52296923677000,"sku":"103730","price":292.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Set_utensili_per_tornitura_legno_Record_Power_6_pezzi.jpg?v=1767948287"},{"product_id":"record-power-set-utensili-tornitura-carbide-3-pezzi","title":"Record Power 3-piece Carbide Turning Chisel Set Machine Tool Accessory","description":"\u003cp\u003eRecord Power 3-Piece Carbide Turning Chisel Set is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of chisels: 3 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip angle: 30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded codes: 103760 \/ 103761 \/ 103762\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Turning Chisel Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip technology: Hard metal (carbide)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharpening: Not required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 3-Piece Carbide Turning Chisel Set and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 3-Piece Carbide Turning Chisel Set as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power 3-Piece Carbide Turning Chisel Set is part of Record Power's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 3-Piece Carbide Turning Chisel Set for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3-piece carbide turning chisel set is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of chisels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTip angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded codes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e103760 \/ 103761 \/ 103762\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning chisel set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTip technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard metal (carbide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52296979480904,"sku":"103763","price":354.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/103763_ProComfort-Carbide-3-Piece-Set.jpg?v=1767949352"},{"product_id":"record-power-procomfort-carbide-tondo","title":"Record Power ProComfort Carbide Turning Chisel - Round Tip","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power ProComfort carbide turning gouge - round tip is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip type: Round carbide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeries: ProComfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Turning gouge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharpening: Not required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Ergonomic ProComfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip material: Carbide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ProComfort carbide turning gouge - round tip and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the ProComfort carbide turning gouge - round tip as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power ProComfort carbide turning gouge - round tip is part of Record Power's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ProComfort carbide turning gouge - round tip for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ProComfort carbide turning gouge - round tip is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, intervention by a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52296988590408,"sku":"103760","price":125.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Utensile_ProComfort_punta_tonda_in_carbide_Record_Power.jpg?v=1767949740"},{"product_id":"record-power-sega-a-nastro-bs300e-da-300-mm","title":"Record Power BS300E 300mm Bandsaw","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power BS300E 300mm is a professional woodworking bandsaw, weighing 85 kg. Krollit, official Record Power distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade length: 2370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade width: 6 to 19 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting height: 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting width (throat): 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorktable dimensions: 480 x 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable height: 990 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BS300E 300mm and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpenters and furniture manufacturers use the BS300E 300mm for straight, curved, and resawing cuts on solid wood, plywood, and panels, with adjustable speed and an inclinable table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Record Power range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Record Power BS300E 300mm fits into the Record Power range of woodworking bandsaws, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Record Power range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Record Power catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BS300E 300mm for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BS300E 300mm is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: straight, curved, and resawing cuts on solid wood, plywood, and panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced hobbyists and craft workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: precision work on single pieces and small series, model making, and marquetry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working with metals or hard industrial materials (machine dedicated to wood: for metals, use metal bandsaws with reduced speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 to 19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax distance blade – rip fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall machine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 (height) x 680 (width) x 690 (depth) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent draw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 50 Hz \/ 1 CV (750 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 dB(A) no load – 100 dB(A) under load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum cutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum cutting width (throat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting capacity does the BS300E 300mm offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Cutting width\" and \"Cutting height\" in the technical table: typically 225-305 mm in width and 95-170 mm in height for benchtop\/semi-pro models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting width is the distance between the blade and the machine frame. Cutting height determines the maximum workpiece thickness. For resawing large pieces (250+ mm), professional models with Ø 500+ mm flywheels are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple cutting speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2 speeds (e.g., 370\/800 m\/min) to adapt to materials: low for hardwoods, high for softwoods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLower speeds reduce the risk of burning on hard essences (oak, beech). High speeds optimize performance on pine and particle boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the table inclinable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models have a table that can be tilted up to 45° for angled cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilting allows for bevel cuts for joints and furniture details. Verify the presence of a stop for 0° inclination for repeatability on straight cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop and compact models are 230 V single-phase (0.3-0.75 kW motor). Professional models with 500+ mm flywheels require 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, choose HBS 320, HBS 360, or HBS 400 models (single-phase). HBS 500 N and HBS 600 N models require mandatory three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have an integrated dust port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional models have a Ø 50-100 mm dust port for connection to a chip extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential for air quality in the workshop. Krollit supplies compatible Bernardo DC series extractors and dedicated connecting hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Record Power","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52321669415240,"sku":"BS300E-EP","price":785.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Sega_a_nastro_Record_Power_BS300E_da_300_mm.jpg?v=1768386764"},{"product_id":"piastre-vibranti-guede-grp-260","title":"Guede Construction Equipment Vibrating Plate GRP 260","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 260 Vibratory Plate is professional construction equipment, with an 8.2 kW \/ 11 PS engine. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine type: 4-stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine power: 8.2 kW \/ 11 PS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplacement: 389 cm³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdle speed: 1400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum speed: 3600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank capacity: 6.5 l\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GRP 260 Vibratory Plate and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 260 Vibratory Plate is professional construction equipment distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GRP 260 Vibratory Plate is part of the Guede construction equipment range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GRP 260 Vibratory Plate for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GRP 260 vibratory plate is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction companies and civil construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: soil compaction, cement and mortar mixing, material handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePavers and installers\u003c\/strong\u003e: ground preparation, concrete pouring, and light construction work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStationary industrial processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: machines designed for mobile construction sites; for fixed production, dedicated systems should be considered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngine and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 kW \/ 11 PS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 l – 10W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibration frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3750 vibrations\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e389 cm³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeater system oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecoil start\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax compaction force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCO₂ emissions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e728.44 g\/kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnleaded gasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompaction depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccentric oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15W-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 x 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 x 645 x 1120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the GRP 260 Vibratory Plate used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is construction equipment for the specified type (vibratory tamper, vibratory plate, power barrow, or mixer).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the technical data sheet for operating dimensions, engine, and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat engine power does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Power\" in the technical table: typically from 2 to 7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePetrol models are the most common for construction sites without mains electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat centrifugal force (kN) for vibratory plates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGRP models have centrifugal force indicated in the code (e.g., 8.5-30 kN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed and stabilized soils, consider models with at least 15 kN of centrifugal force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have electric start?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer electric start with a battery; basic models have recoil start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product's technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, original Güde spare parts are available. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit has been an official Güde distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52323504128328,"sku":"55558","price":1290.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piastra_vibrante_G_de_GRP_260_reversibile_ad_alte_prestazioni.png?v=1768408322"},{"product_id":"bernardo-levigatrice-a-nastro-kbr-75-x-1500","title":"Bernardo Belt Sander 75 X 1500","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 75 X 1500 is a professional-grade belt grinder with a 2.4 \/ 2.8 kW motor and a weight of 87 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine type: Belt grinder with dust extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBelt size: 75 x 1520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBelt speed: 15 \/ 30 m\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound grinding diameter: 20 – 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide inclination: 30° – 90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat grinding table: 300 x 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 75 X 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metal fabrication shops use the 75 X 1500 for grinding and satin finishing stainless steel, aluminum, and alloys, including deburring and surface finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 75 X 1500 is part of the Bernardo belt grinder range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 75 X 1500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 75 x 1500 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops for metal finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e: grinding and satin finishing of stainless steel, aluminum, and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabrication shops and production workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: burr removal, cutting deburring, and surface finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e mirror polishing chrome (dedicated polishing machines with abrasive pastes are needed for final chrome finishing).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 x 1520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30° – 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat grinding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 990 x 1030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt grinder with dust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact wheel (Ø x L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x Ø 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 \/ 30 m\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 \/ 2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4 \/ 2.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can the 75 X 1500 grind?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel, aluminum, metal alloys, and (in some models) even wood with appropriate abrasive belts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor each material, a specific belt grit is used: 60-80 for roughing, 120-180 for finishing, 240+ for pre-polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat abrasive belt sizes does it use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Belt size\" in the technical table: typically from 75x2,000 mm to 150x2,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelts are consumable spare parts: Krollit supplies original Bernardo belts in various grit sizes to optimize finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the belt speed adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer Vario or multi-step speeds (typically 4-8 steps).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh speeds (\u0026gt;20 m\/s) for stainless steel and finishing, low speeds (\u0026lt;10 m\/s) for wood and soft materials to avoid burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have integrated dust extraction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer a dust extraction port for grinding dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction is essential for stainless steel (respirable dust) and for wood (fire risk from sparks). Check the connection diameter for integration into a central system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: typically 50-200 kg for benchtop and pedestal models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestal models require floor mounting; benchtop models are installed on a sturdy bench of adequate size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52333427622216,"sku":"05-1303","price":1250.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KBR_75_x_1500_levigatrice_a_nastro_con_aspirazione.jpg?v=1768563779"},{"product_id":"tornio-hobby-910-g-visualizzatore-3-assi","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-Axis DRO ES-12 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 910 mm, center height of 160 mm, 1.1 kW – 230V or 400V motor, and a weight of 272 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 910 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed width: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V for cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V is part of Bernardo's range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: processing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine; for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 65 – 1650 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1610 x 700 x 1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e272 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(16) 0.087 – 2.049 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(16) 0.019 – 0.444 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(23) 0.25 – 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(28) 4 – 120 threads\/1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*With 3-axis display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW – 230V or 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW – 230V or 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 910 G 230V \/ 400V with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of pass. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Check for adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: Bernardo professional lathes handle continuous cycles, while bench lathes are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; the Hobby and Goliath series are for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and anchoring with dowels. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230 V","offer_id":52580724998472,"sku":"03-1196","price":4200.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 V","offer_id":52580725031240,"sku":"03-1198","price":4200.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Hobby_910_G_con_visualizzatore_digitale_3_assi.jpg?v=1772548723"},{"product_id":"jet-afs-1000c-sistema-filtrazione-aria","title":"Jet AFS-1000C Air Filtration System 1 Micron Automatic","description":"\u003cp\u003eJet AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System is a professional dust collector with a flow rate of approx. 12 \/ 15 \/ 19 \/ 22 \/ 25 \/ 28 m³\/min, and a weight of approx. 15 kg. Krollit, official Jet distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeeds: 6 automatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable timer: 1 – 16 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiltration degree: Up to 1 micron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise level: 51 – 67 dB at 1 meter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 765 x 615 x 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoodworking shops and mechanical workshops use the AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System for extracting chips and dust from saws, planers, milling machines, and sanders, with the possibility of connection to centralized systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Jet range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jet AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System is part of the Jet dust collector range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Jet range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Jet catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWoodworking shops and mechanical workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: extraction of chips and dust from saws, planers, milling machines, and sanders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduction laboratories and machining centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: connectable to centralized systems or individual machines with a flexible hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e extraction of liquids or hazardous materials (machine for dry dust: specific vacuum cleaners are needed for liquids).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProgrammable timer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 – 16 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration degree\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 – 67 dB at 1 meter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaceable inner filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWashable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 automatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e765 x 615 x 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12 \/ 15 \/ 19 \/ 22 \/ 25 \/ 28 m³\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat air flow rate does the AFS-1000C Automatic 1 Micron Air Filtration System offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Air flow rate\" in the technical table: typically 1,000-5,000 m³\/h for workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow rate determines the number of machines that can be connected simultaneously. For centralized systems with multiple workstations, size with a 30% margin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat hose diameter does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Connection diameter\" in the table: typically Ø100, Ø120 or Ø150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger diameters reduce pressure drops and improve efficiency. For systems with long runs (over 10 m), prefer Ø150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eBag\/container capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Container capacity\" in the technical table: typically 70-300 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBags should be emptied before they become saturated to maintain suction capacity. Models with large bags reduce intervention frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFine dust filtration?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer fine filtration with class M or H for respirable dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor treated wood and MDF panels, class M or higher is recommended. Krollit supplies original replacement filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is its absorbed power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Motor power\" in the technical table: typically 1-7 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels over 3 kW require 400 V three-phase. Check availability in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Jet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52858242040136,"sku":"AFS-1000C","price":641.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/JET_AFS-1000C_sistema_filtrazione_aria_automatico_per_officina.jpg?v=1775636883"},{"product_id":"jet-dds-225-calibratrice-doppio-cilindro","title":"Jet DDS-225 Professional Dual Drum Sander 635 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Jet DDS-225 635 mm professional dual-drum sander is a professional-grade sander, with a sanding width of 635 mm, a 5 HP motor, and a weight of 332 kg. Krollit, official Jet distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 5 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum speed: 1,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed rate: 3 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working width: 635 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking thickness: 0.8 – 133 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DDS-225 635 mm professional dual-drum sander and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpenters and furniture manufacturers use the DDS-225 635 mm professional dual-drum sander for calibrating solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels, ensuring uniform thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Jet range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jet DDS-225 635 mm professional dual-drum sander is part of the Jet sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Jet range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Jet catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DDS-225 635 mm professional dual-drum sander for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DDS-225 635 mm professional dual-drum sander is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpenters and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibration of solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels to ensure uniform thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration workshops and custom production\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metals or plastic materials (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152 x 635 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,230 x 1,140 x 1,150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e332 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e635 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 133 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multi-pass sanding with precise alignment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat minimum and maximum thickness can it process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.-max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin workpieces, the use of anti-vibration supports is recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize finishing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and handling with a forklift during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Jet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52858269270344,"sku":"DDS-225-T","price":5079.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/JET_DDS-225_Calibratrice_doppio_cilindro_professionale_635_mm_in_lavorazione.jpg?v=1775826849"},{"product_id":"jet-dds-237-calibratrice-doppio-cilindro","title":"Jet DDS-237 Professional Dual-Drum Sander 940 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eJet DDS-237 Professional Dual Drum Sander 940 mm is a sander for professional use, with a sanding width of 940 mm, a 7.5 HP motor, and a weight of 440 kg. Krollit, official Jet distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 7.5 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum speed: 1,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed: 3 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax working width: 940 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking thickness: 0.8 – 133 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DDS-237 Professional Dual Drum Sander 940 mm and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional woodworking shops and furniture manufacturers use the DDS-237 Professional Dual Drum Sander 940 mm for sanding solid wood, MDF, and multi-layer panels, standardizing the thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Jet range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jet DDS-237 Professional Dual Drum Sander 940 mm is part of the Jet sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Jet range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Jet catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DDS-237 Professional Dual Drum Sander 940 mm for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dds-237 professional dual drum sander 940 mm is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional woodworking shops and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding of solid wood, MDF, and multi-layer panels to standardize thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration workshops and custom production\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working with metals or plastic materials (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152 x 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 x 1,420 x 1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust collection ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 133 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multi-pass sanding with precise alignment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum and maximum working thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.–max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin pieces, anti-vibration supports are recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize finish quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and handling with a forklift during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Jet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52858377142600,"sku":"DDS-237","price":7130.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/JET_DDS-237_levigatrice_doppio_cilindro_professionale_940_mm.jpg?v=1775638989"},{"product_id":"jet-jwds-1632-calibratrice-cilindro","title":"Jet JWDS-1632 Compact Drum Sander 812 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eJet JWDS-1632 Compact Sander 812 mm is a professional sander, with a sanding width of 406 mm \/ 812 mm (2 passes), weight 71 kg. Krollit, official Jet distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.5 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum speed: 1,450 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding speed: 9.5 m\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed: 0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. width: 406 mm \/ 812 mm (2 passes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the JWDS-1632 Compact Sander 812 mm and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpenters and furniture manufacturers use the JWDS-1632 Compact Sander 812 mm for calibrating solid wood panels, MDF, and plywood, standardizing the thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Jet range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jet JWDS-1632 Compact Sander 812 mm is part of the Jet sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Jet range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Jet catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the JWDS-1632 Compact Sander 812 mm for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JWDS-1632 compact sander 812 mm is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops and furniture factories\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibration of solid wood, MDF, and multi-layer panels to standardize thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration workshops and custom production\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metals or plastic materials (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 m\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,010 x 510 x 1,270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e406 mm \/ 812 mm (2 passes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multi-pass sanding with precise alignment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum and maximum thickness it can process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.–max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin workpieces, the use of anti-vibration supports is recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize finishing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated differential switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and forklift handling during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Jet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52858530922824,"sku":"JWDS-1632","price":1580.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/jet_jwds-1632_1_2.jpg?v=1775639657"},{"product_id":"jet-jwds-1632osc-calibratrice-cilindro-oscillante","title":"Jet JWDS-1632OSC Drum Sander 812 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eJet JWDS-1632OSC Drum Sander 812 mm is a sander for professional use, with a sanding width of 406 mm \/ 812 mm (2 passes), weight 71 kg. Krollit, official Jet distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 1.6 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum speed: 1450 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding speed: 9.5 m\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed: 0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax width: 406 mm \/ 812 mm (2 passes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the JWDS-1632OSC 812 mm Drum Sander and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops and furniture factories use the JWDS-1632OSC 812 mm Drum Sander for calibrating solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels, standardizing the thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Jet range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jet JWDS-1632OSC 812 mm Drum Sander is part of the Jet sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Jet range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Jet catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the JWDS-1632OSC 812 mm Drum Sander for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JWDS-1632OSC 812 mm drum sander is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpenters and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrating solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels to standardize thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration and custom production workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing metals or plastic materials (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 m\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127 x 406 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1010 x 510 x 1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e406 mm \/ 812 mm (2 passes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multi-pass sanding with precise alignment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat minimum and maximum thickness can it process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.–max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin workpieces, the use of anti-vibration supports is recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize finishing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the electrical line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and handling with a forklift during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Jet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52858671759688,"sku":"JWDS-1632-M","price":2284.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/jwds-1632_web_3_6_3_1_2_07cfe9c9-42c8-4c47-94eb-b8a0678616f6.jpg?v=1775828330"},{"product_id":"jet-jwds-1836-calibratrice-cilindro","title":"Jet JWDS-1836 Drum Sander 914mm Sandsmart","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Jet JWDS-1836 914 mm Sandsmart drum sander is a sander for professional use, with a sanding width of 457 mm \/ 914 mm (2 passes), weight approx. 75 kg. Krollit, official Jet distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 2.3 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrum speed: 1450 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSanding speed: 9.5 m\/s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed: 0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax width: 457 mm \/ 914 mm (2 passes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the JWDS-1836 914 mm Sandsmart drum sander and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops and furniture manufacturers use the JWDS-1836 914 mm Sandsmart drum sander for sanding solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels, standardizing the thickness before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Jet range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jet JWDS-1836 914 mm Sandsmart drum sander is part of the Jet drum sander range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Jet range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Jet catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the JWDS-1836 914 mm Sandsmart drum sander is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JWDS-1836 914 mm Sandsmart drum sander is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops and furniture manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: sanding solid wood, MDF, and plywood panels to standardize thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestoration and custom production workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: calibrated sanding of large surfaces before finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal or plastic processing (machine dedicated to wood: specific sanders are needed for other materials).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 m\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrum dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127 x 457 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1007 x 910 x 1269 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 mm \/ 914 mm (2 passes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 – 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.3 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding width does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max sanding width\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor panels wider than the nominal capacity, multi-pass sanding with precise alignment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum and maximum thickness it can work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min.–max. workpiece thickness\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin workpieces, the use of anti-vibration supports is recommended to maintain uniform pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have multiple sanding stations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer 2-3 stations with different grits for roughing and finishing in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple stations reduce processing times and standardize the quality of the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically 400 V three-phase for professional models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the capacity of the power line and the presence of a dedicated residual current device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table: industrial models weigh from 500 to over 1500 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 800 kg require industrial flooring and handling with a forklift during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Jet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52858713702728,"sku":"JWDS-1836-M","price":1712.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/JET_JWDS-1836_levigatrice_a_cilindro_914_mm_Sandsmart.jpg?v=1775641699"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/Offerte_Krollit.jpg?v=1777760308","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/offers-on-machines-e-tools.oembed?page=2","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}